13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Implementation of Win32 GUI terminal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 any later version.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
10
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
15151
|
18 the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
19
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
21
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <signal.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <config.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 #include "lisp.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 #include "blockinput.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
27
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28 #include <w32term.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
29
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
30 #include "systty.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "systime.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
32
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
33 #include <ctype.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
34 #include <errno.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <setjmp.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
36 #include <sys/stat.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
37
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "frame.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "dispextern.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "termhooks.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termopts.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
42 #include "termchar.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
43 #include "gnu.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
44 #include "disptab.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
45 #include "buffer.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "window.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
47 #include "keyboard.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
48 #include "intervals.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
49
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
50 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
51
|
15151
|
52 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system;
|
|
53
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
54 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
55 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
56
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
57
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
58 /* This is display since win32 does not support multiple ones. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
59 struct win32_display_info one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
60
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
61 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
62 one for each element of win32_display_list and in the same order.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
63 NAME is the name of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
64 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
65 Lisp_Object win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
66
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
67 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
68 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
69 win32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
70 In that case, the win32 functions assume that `selected_frame'
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 is the frame to apply to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
74 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
75 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
76
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
77 /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
78
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
79 static int flexlines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
80
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
81 /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
82
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
83 static int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
84
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
85 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
86 During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
87
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
88 static int curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
89 static int curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
90
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
91 DWORD dwWinThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
92 HANDLE hWinThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
93 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
94 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
95
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
96 /* Mouse movement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
97
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
98 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
99 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101
|
15151
|
102 Lisp_Object Vwin32_num_mouse_buttons;
|
|
103
|
|
104 Lisp_Object Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons;
|
|
105
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
106 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
107
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
108 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
109 so win32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
110 an ordinary motion.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
111
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
112 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
113 to Qnil, to tell win32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
114 Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
115 int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
116
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
117 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that win32_mouse_position would
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
118 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
119 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
120 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
121 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
122 it's somewhat accurate. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
123 Time last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
124
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
125 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
126 #ifdef __STDC__
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
127 static int volatile input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
128 #else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
129 static int input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
130 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
131
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
132 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
133
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
134 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 extern int errno;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
139 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
140
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
141 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
142
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
143 void win32_delete_display ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
144
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
145 static void redraw_previous_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
146 static void redraw_following_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
147 static unsigned int win32_get_modifiers ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
148
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
149 static int fast_find_position ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
150 static void note_mouse_highlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
151 static void clear_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
152 static void show_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
153 static void do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
154
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
155 static int win32_cursor_to ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
156 static int win32_clear_end_of_line ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
157
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
159 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
160 about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
161
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
162 struct record
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
163 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
164 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
165 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
166 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
167
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
168 struct record event_record[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
169
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
170 int event_record_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
171
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172 record_event (locus, type)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
173 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
174 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
175 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
176 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
177 event_record_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
178
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
179 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
180 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
181 event_record_index++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
184 #endif /* 0 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
185
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
186 /* Return the struct win32_display_info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
187
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
188 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
189 win32_display_info_for_display ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
190 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 return (&one_win32_display_info);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
192 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
193
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
194 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
195 win32_fill_rect (f, _hdc, pix, lprect)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
196 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
197 HDC _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
198 COLORREF pix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 RECT * lprect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
202 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
203 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
204
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
205 if (_hdc)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
206 hdc = _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
208 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
209 if (!f) return;
|
15151
|
210 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
211 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
212
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
213 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
214 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
215 DeleteObject (hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
216
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
217 if (!_hdc)
|
15151
|
218 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
219 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
220
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
221 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 win32_clear_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
225 RECT rect;
|
15151
|
226
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
227 GetClientRect (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
228 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232 /* Starting and ending updates.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
233
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
234 These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
235 of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
236 of the frame being updated, so that the win32_... functions do not
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
237 need to take a frame as argument. Most of the win32_... functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
238 should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
239 being win32_cursor_to, win32_write_glyphs and win32_reassert_line_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
240
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
241 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
242 win32_update_begin (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
243 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
244 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
245 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
246 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
247
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
248 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
249 highlight = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
251 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
252
|
15151
|
253 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
|
|
254 colors has changed. */
|
|
255 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette)
|
|
256 {
|
|
257 win32_regenerate_palette (f);
|
|
258 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = FALSE;
|
|
259 }
|
|
260
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
261 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
262 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
263 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
264 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
265
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
266 /* If the frame needs to be redrawn,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
267 simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
268 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
269 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
270
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
271 if (!NILP (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
272 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
273 int firstline, lastline, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
274 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
275
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
276 /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
277 for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
278 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
279 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
280
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
281 lastline = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
282 for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
283 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
284 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
285 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
286 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
287 lastline = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
288 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
289
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
290 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
291 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
292 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
293 in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
294 are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
295 if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
296 || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
297 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
298 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
299 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
300
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
301 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
302 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
303
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 win32_update_end (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
311 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
312
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
313 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
314 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
315
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
316 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
317 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
318
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
319 /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
320
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
321 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
322 win32_frame_up_to_date (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
323 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
324 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
325 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
326 || f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
327 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
328 note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
329 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
330 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
331 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
332 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
333 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
334
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
335 /* External interface to control of standout mode.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
336 Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
337 and not change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
338
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
339 win32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
340 int new, vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
341 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
342 highlight = new;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
343 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
344
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
345 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
346 and change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
347
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
348 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
349 win32_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
350 int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
351 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
352 highlight = new_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
353 win32_cursor_to (vpos, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
354 win32_clear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
355 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
356
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
357 /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
358 When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing must be done
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
359 to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
360
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
361 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
362 win32_set_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
363 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
364 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
365
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 Exiting will make the Win32 windows go away, and suspending
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
368 requires no action. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 win32_reset_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375 /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
376 This is where display update commands will take effect.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 win32_cursor_to (row, col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 register int row, col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
383 int orow = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
384
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
385 curs_x = col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
386 curs_y = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
387
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
388 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
389 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
390 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
391 x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
392 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
393 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 WINDOW is the window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
399 3 if should appear in its mouse-face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
400 JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
401 don't alter the background.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
402
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
403 FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
404
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
405 Since the display generation code is responsible for calling
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
406 compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
407 the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
408 glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
409 to which we can actually apply intern_face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
410 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
411
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
412 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
413 dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
414 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
415 int left, top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
416 register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
417 register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
418 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
419 int just_foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
420 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
421 /* Holds characters to be displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
422 char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
423 register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
424 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
425 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
426 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
427 int orig_left = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
428 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
429
|
15151
|
430 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
431
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
432 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
433 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
434 /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
435 int cf, len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
436 int g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
437
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
438 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
439 cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
440
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
441 /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
442 Extract their character codes into BUF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
443 cp = buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
444 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
445 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
446 g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
447 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
448 if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
449 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
450
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
451 *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
452 --n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
453 ++gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
454 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
455
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
456 /* LEN gets the length of the run. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
457 len = cp - buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
458
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
459 /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
460 determined by the face code CF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
461 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
462 struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
463 XFontStruct *font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
464 int stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
465 COLORREF fg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
466 COLORREF bg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
467
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
468 /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
469 if (hl == 3)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
470 cf = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
471
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
472 /* First look at the face of the text itself. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
473 if (cf != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
474 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
475 /* It's possible for the display table to specify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
476 a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
477 if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
478 || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
479 cf = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
481 if (cf == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
482 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
483 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
484 face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
485 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
486 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
487 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
488 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
489
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
490 /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
491 else if (hl == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
492 ;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
493 else if (hl == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
494 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
495 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
496 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
497 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
498 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
499 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
500
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
501 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
502 bg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
503
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
504 /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
505 if (hl == 2)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
506 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
507 /* The cursor overrides stippling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
508 stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
509
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
510 if ((!face->font
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
511 || face->font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
512 || face->font == f->output_data.win32->font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
513 && face->background == f->output_data.win32->background_pixel
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
514 && face->foreground == f->output_data.win32->foreground_pixel)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
515 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
516 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
517 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
518 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
519 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
520 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
521 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
522 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
523 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
524 /* If the glyph would be invisible,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
525 try a different foreground. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
526 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
527 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
528 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
529 fg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
530 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
531 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
532 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
533 if (bg == face->background
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
534 && fg == face->foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
535 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
536 bg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
537 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
538 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
539 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
540 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
541
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
542 if (font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
543 font = f->output_data.win32->font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
544
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
545 SetBkMode (hdc, just_foreground ? TRANSPARENT : OPAQUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
546
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
547 SetTextColor (hdc, fg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
548 SetBkColor (hdc, bg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
549
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
550 SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
551
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
552 TextOut (hdc, left, top, buf, len);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
553
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
554 if (!just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
555 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
556 /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
557 if (f->output_data.win32->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
558 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, bg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
559 left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
560 top + FONT_HEIGHT (font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
561 FONT_WIDTH (font) * len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
562 f->output_data.win32->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
563 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
564
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
565 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
566 int underline_position = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
567
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
568 if (font->tm.tmDescent <= underline_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
569 underline_position = font->tm.tmDescent - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
570
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
571 if (face->underline)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
572 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, fg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
573 left, (top
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
574 + FONT_BASE (font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
575 + underline_position),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
576 len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
577 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
578
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
579 left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
580 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
581 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
582
|
15151
|
583 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
584 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
585
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
586
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
587 /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
588 Advance the cursor over the text.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
589 Output LEN glyphs at START.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
590
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
591 `highlight', set up by win32_reassert_line_highlight or win32_change_line_highlight,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
592 controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
593
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
594 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
595 win32_write_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
596 register GLYPH *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
597 int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
598 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
599 register int temp_length;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
600 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
601
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
602 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
603
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
604 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
605 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
606 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
607 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
608 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
609 /* If not within an update,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
610 output at the frame's visible cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
611 curs_x = f->cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
612 curs_y = f->cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
613 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
614
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
615 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
616 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
617 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
618 start, len, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
619
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
620 /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
621 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
622 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
623 && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
624 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
625
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
626 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
627 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
628 f->cursor_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
629 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
630 f->cursor_x -= len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
631 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
632 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
633 curs_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
634
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
635 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
636 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
637
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
638 /* Clear to the end of the line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
639 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
640 to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
641 from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
642
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
643 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
644 win32_clear_end_of_line (first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
645 register int first_unused;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
646 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
647 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
648
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
649 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
650 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
651
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
652 if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
653 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
654 if (first_unused <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
655 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
656
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
657 if (first_unused >= f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
658 first_unused = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
659
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
660 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
661
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
662 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
663
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
664 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
665 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
666 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
667 && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
668 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
669
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
670 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
671 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
672 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
673 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) * (first_unused - curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
674 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
675
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
676 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
677 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
678
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
679 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
680 win32_clear_frame ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
681 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
682 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
683
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
684 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
685 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
686
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
687 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
688 curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
689 curs_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
690
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
691 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
692
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
693 win32_clear_window (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
694
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
695 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
696 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
697 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
698
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
699 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
700 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
701
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
702 /* Make audible bell. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
703
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
704 win32_ring_bell ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
705 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
706 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
707
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
708 if (visible_bell)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
709 FlashWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (selected_frame), FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
710 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
711 nt_ring_bell ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
712
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
713 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
714
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
715 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
716 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
717
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
718 /* Insert and delete character.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
719 These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
720 off the feature of using them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
721
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
722 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
723 win32_insert_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
724 register char *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
725 register int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
726 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
727 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
728 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
729
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
730 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
731 win32_delete_glyphs (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
732 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
733 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
734 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
735 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
736
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
737 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
738 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
739 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
740 that is bounded by calls to win32_update_begin and win32_update_end. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
741
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
742 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
743 win32_set_terminal_window (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
744 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
745 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
746 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
747 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
748
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
749 if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
750 flexlines = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
751 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
752 flexlines = n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
753 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
754
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
755 /* These variables need not be per frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
756 because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
757 and the line dance for one frame is finished before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
758 anything is done for another frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
759
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
760 /* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
761 line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
762 to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
763 static int *line_dance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
764
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
765 /* Allocated length of that array. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
766 static int line_dance_len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
767
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
768 /* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
769 static int line_dance_in_progress;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
770
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
771 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
772 inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
773 win32_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
774 int vpos, n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
775 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
776 register int fence, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
777
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
778 if (vpos >= flexlines)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
779 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
780
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
781 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
782 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
783 int ht = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
784 if (ht > line_dance_len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
785 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
786 line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
787 line_dance_len = ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
788 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
789 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
790 line_dance_in_progress = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
791 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
792 if (n >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
793 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
794 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
795 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
796 fence = vpos + n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
797 for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
798 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
799 for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
800 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
801 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
802 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
803 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
804 n = -n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
805 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
806 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
807 fence = flexlines - n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
808 for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
809 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
810 for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
811 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
812 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
813 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
814
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
815 /* Here's where we actually move the pixels around.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
816 Must be called with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
817 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
818 do_line_dance ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
819 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
820 register int i, j, distance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
821 register struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
822 int ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
823 int intborder;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
824 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
825
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
826 /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
827 array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
828 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
829 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
830
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
831 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
832 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
833 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
834
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
835 ht = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
836 intborder = f->output_data.win32->internal_border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
837
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
838 x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
839
|
15151
|
840 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
841
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
842 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
843 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
844 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
845 for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
846 && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
847 /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance, j+distance) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
848 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
849 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
850 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
851 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
852 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
853 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
854 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
855 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
856 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
857
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
858 for (i = ht; --i >=0; )
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
859 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
860 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
861 for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
862 && line_dance[j]-j == distance););
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
863 /* Copy (j, i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
864 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
865 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
866 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
867 (i-j) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
868 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
869 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
870 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
871 i = j+1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
872 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
873
|
15151
|
874 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
875
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
876 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
877 if (line_dance[i] == -1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
878 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
879 for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
880 /* Clear [i,j) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
881 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
882 intborder,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
883 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
884 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
885 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
886 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
887 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
888 line_dance_in_progress = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
889 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
890
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
891 /* Support routines for exposure events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
892 static void clear_cursor ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
893
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
894 /* Output into a rectangle of a window (for frame F)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
895 the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
896 TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
897 ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
898 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
899
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
900 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
901 dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
902 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
903 register int left, top, cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
904 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
905 register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
906 int cursor_cleared = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
907 int bottom, right;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
908 register int y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
909
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
910 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
911 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
912
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
913 /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
914 bottom = top + rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
915 right = left + cols;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
916
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
917 /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
918 Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
919 top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
920 left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
921 bottom += (f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
922 right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
923 bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
924 right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
925
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
926 /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
927 if (left < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
928 left = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
929 if (top < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
930 top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
931 if (right > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
932 right = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
933 if (bottom > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
934 bottom = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
935
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
936 /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
937 cols = right - left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
938 rows = bottom - top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
939
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
940 /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
941 if (rows <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
942 if (cols <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
943
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
944 /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
945 We will turn it back on afterward. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
946 if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
947 && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
948 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
949 clear_cursor (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
950 cursor_cleared = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
951 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
952
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
953 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
954
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
955 for (y = top; y < bottom; y++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
956 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
957 GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
958
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
959 if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
960 continue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
961
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
962 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
963 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
964 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
965 line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
966 active_frame->highlight[y], 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
967 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
968
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
969 /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
970
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
971 if (cursor_cleared)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
972 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
973 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
974
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
975 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
976 frame_highlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
977 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
978 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
979 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
980 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
981
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
982 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
983 frame_unhighlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
984 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
985 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
986 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
987 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
988
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
989 static void win32_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
990 static void x_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
991
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
992 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
993 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
994 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
995 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
996 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
997
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
998 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
999 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1000 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1001 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1002 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1003 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1004 int events_enqueued = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1005
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1006 if (frame != dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1007 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1008 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1009 the correct value of win32_focus_frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1010 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1011
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1012 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1013 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1014
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1015 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1016 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1017 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1018 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1019 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1020
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1021 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1022 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1023
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1024 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1025
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1026 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1027 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1028 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1029 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1030 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1031 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1032
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1033 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1034 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1035 minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1036
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1037 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1038 frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1039 the appropriate display info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1040 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1041 win32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1042 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1043 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1044 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1045 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1046
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1047 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1048 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1049 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1050 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1051 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1052
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1053 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1054 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1055 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1056 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1057 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1058 : dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1059 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1060 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1061 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1062 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1063 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1064 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1065 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1066 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1067
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1068 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1069 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1070 if (old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1071 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1072 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1073 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1074 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1075 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1076
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1077 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1078
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1079 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1080
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1081 char *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1082 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1083 int keysym;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1084 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1085 /* Make static so we can always return it */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1086 static char value[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1087
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1088 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1089 GetKeyNameText(keysym, value, 100);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1090 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1091
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1092 return value;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1093 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1094
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1095 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1096
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1097 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1098 glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1099 that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1100 If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1101
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1102 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1103 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1104 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1105 register int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1106 register int *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1107 RECT *bounds;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1108 int noclip;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1109 {
|
15151
|
1110 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
|
|
1111 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
|
|
1112 {
|
|
1113 *x = pix_x;
|
|
1114 *y = pix_y;
|
|
1115 return;
|
|
1116 }
|
|
1117
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1118 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1119 even for negative values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1120 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1121 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1122 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1123 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1124
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1125 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1126 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1127
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1128 if (bounds)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1129 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1130 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1131 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1132 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1133 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1134 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1136 if (!noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1137 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1138 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1139 pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1140 else if (pix_x > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1141 pix_x = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1142
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1143 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1144 pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1145 else if (pix_y > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1146 pix_y = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1147 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1148
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1149 *x = pix_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1150 *y = pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1151 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1152
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1153 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1154 glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1155 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1156 register int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1157 register int *pix_x, *pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1158 {
|
15151
|
1159 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
|
|
1160 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
|
|
1161 {
|
|
1162 *pix_x = x;
|
|
1163 *pix_y = y;
|
|
1164 return;
|
|
1165 }
|
|
1166
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1167 *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1168 *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1169 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1170
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1171 BOOL
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1172 parse_button (message, pbutton, pup)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1173 int message;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1174 int * pbutton;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1175 int * pup;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1176 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1177 int button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1178 int up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1179
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1180 switch (message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1181 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1182 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1183 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1184 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1185 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1186 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1187 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1188 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1189 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1190 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
15151
|
1191 if (NILP (Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons))
|
|
1192 button = 1;
|
|
1193 else
|
|
1194 button = 2;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1195 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1196 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1197 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
15151
|
1198 if (NILP (Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons))
|
|
1199 button = 1;
|
|
1200 else
|
|
1201 button = 2;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1202 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1203 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1204 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
15151
|
1205 if (NILP (Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons))
|
|
1206 button = 2;
|
|
1207 else
|
|
1208 button = 1;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1209 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1210 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1211 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
15151
|
1212 if (NILP (Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons))
|
|
1213 button = 2;
|
|
1214 else
|
|
1215 button = 1;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1216 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1217 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1218 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1219 return (FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1220 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1221
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1222 if (pup) *pup = up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1223 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1224
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1225 return (TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1226 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1227
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1228
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1229 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1230
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1231 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1232 the mouse. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1233
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1234 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1235 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1236 struct input_event *result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1237 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1238 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1239 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1240 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1241 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1242
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1243 parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1244
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1245 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1246 otherwise. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1247 result->kind = mouse_click;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1248 result->code = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1249 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1250 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1251 | (up
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1252 ? up_modifier
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1253 : down_modifier));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1254
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1255 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1256 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1257
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1258 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1259 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1260 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1261 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1262 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1263
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1264
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1265 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1266 The input handler calls this.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1267
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1268 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1269 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1270 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1271 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1272
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1273 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1274 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1275 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1276 MSG *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1277 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1278 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1279
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1280 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1281 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1282 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1283 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1284
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1285 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1286 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1287
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1288 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1289 else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1290 || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right
|
15229
a270351f6e0c
(note_mouse_movement): Upwards mouse movement recognition corrected.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
1291 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.top
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1292 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1293 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1294 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1295 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1296
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1297 note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1298 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1299 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1300
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1301 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1302 static int disable_mouse_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1303
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1304 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1305 as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1306 Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1307 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1308
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1309 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1310 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1311 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1312 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1313 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1314 int row, column, portion;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1315 RECT new_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1316 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1317 struct window *w;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1318
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1319 if (disable_mouse_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1320 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1321
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1322 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1323 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1324 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1325
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1326 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1327 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1328
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1329 if (gc_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1330 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1331 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1332 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1333 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1334
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1335 /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1336 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1337 &new_glyph, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1338
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1339 /* Which window is that in? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1340 window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1341 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1342
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1343 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1344 if (! EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1345 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1346
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1347 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1348 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1349 if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1350 && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1351 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1352 && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1353 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1354 int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1355 int i, pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1356
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1357 /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1358 for (i = column; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1359 if (ptr[i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1360 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1361 pos = ptr[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1362 /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1363 if (pos <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1364 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1365 else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1366 && row >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1367 && row <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1368 && (row > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1369 || column >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1370 && (row < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1371 || column < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1372 || FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1373 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1374 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1375 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1376 int len, noverlays, ignor1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1377 struct buffer *obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1378 int obegv, ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1379
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1380 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1381 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1382 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1383
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1384 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1385 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1386 obuf = current_buffer;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1387 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1388 obegv = BEGV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1389 ozv = ZV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1390 BEGV = BEG;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1391 ZV = Z;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1392
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1393 /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1394 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1395
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1396 /* Is this char mouse-active? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1397 XSETINT (position, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1398
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1399 len = 10;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1400 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1401
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1402 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1403 Store the length in len. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1404 noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1405 NULL, NULL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1406 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1407
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1408 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1409 overlay = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1410 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1411 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1412 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1413 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1414 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1415 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1416 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1417 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1418 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1419 free (overlay_vec);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1420 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1421 if (NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1422 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1423
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1424 /* Handle the overlay case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1425 if (! NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1426 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1427 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1428 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1429 Lisp_Object before, after;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1430 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1431
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1432 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1433 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1434 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1435 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1436 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1437 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1438 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1439 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1440 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1441 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1442 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1443 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1444 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1445 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1446
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1447 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1448 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1449 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1450 /* Handle the text property case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1451 else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1452 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1453 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1454 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1455 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1456 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1457
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1458 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1459 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1460 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1461 before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1462 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1463 Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1464 w->buffer, beginning);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1465 after
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1466 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1467 w->buffer, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1468 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1469 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1470 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1471 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1472 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1473 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1474 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1475 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1476 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1477 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1478 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1479 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1481 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1482 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1483 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1484 BEGV = obegv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1485 ZV = ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1486 current_buffer = obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1487 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1488 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1489 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1490
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1491 /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1492 Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1493 This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1494 If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1495 of start of first screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1496 If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1497
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1498 Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1499
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1500 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1501 fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1502 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1503 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1504 int *columnp, *rowp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1505 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1506 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1507 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1508 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1509 int row = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1510 int left = w->left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1511 int top = w->top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1512 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1513 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1514 int *charstarts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1515 int lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1516 int maybe_next_line = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1517
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1518 /* Find the right row. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1519 for (i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1520 i < height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1521 i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1522 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1523 int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1524 if (linestart > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1525 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1526 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1527 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1528 if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1529 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1530 maybe_next_line = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1531 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1532 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1533 if (linestart > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1534 row = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1535 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1536
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1537 /* Find the right column with in it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1538 charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1539 lastcol = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1540 for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1541 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1542 if (charstarts[left + i] == pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1543 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1544 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1545 *columnp = i + left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1546 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1547 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1548 else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1549 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1550 else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1551 lastcol = left + i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1552 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1553
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1554 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1555 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1556 use the start of the following line. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1557 if (maybe_next_line)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1558 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1559 row++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1560 i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1561 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1562
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1563 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1564 *columnp = lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1565 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1566 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1567
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1568 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1569 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1570
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1571 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1572 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1573 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1574 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1575 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1576 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1577 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1578 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1579 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1580 int cursor_off = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1581 int old_curs_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1582 int old_curs_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1583
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1584 /* Set these variables temporarily
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1585 so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1586 we will put it back at the same place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1587 curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1588 curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1589
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1590 for (i = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1591 i <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1592 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1593 int column = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1594 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1595 : w->left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1596 int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1597 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1598 : w->left + width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1599 endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1600
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1601 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1602 turn the cursor off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1603 if (i == curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1604 && curs_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col - 1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1605 && curs_x <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1606 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1607 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1608 cursor_off = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1609 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1610
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1611 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1612 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1613 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1614 FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1615 endcolumn - column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1616 /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1617 hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1618 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1619
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1620 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1621 if (cursor_off)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1622 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1623
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1624 curs_x = old_curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1625 curs_y = old_curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1626
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1627 /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1628 if (hl > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1629 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->cross_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1630 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1631 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->text_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1632 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1633
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1634 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1635 Redraw it unhighlighted first. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1636
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1637 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1638 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1639 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1640 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1641 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1642 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1643
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1644 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1645 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1646 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1647 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1648
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1649 struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1650 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1651
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1652 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1653 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1654
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1655 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1656 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1657 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1658 position on the scroll bar.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1659
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1660 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1661 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1662 the mouse is over.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1663
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1664 Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1665 was at this position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1666
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1667 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1668
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1669 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1670 movement. This also calls XQueryPointer, which will cause the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1671 server to give us another MotionNotify when the mouse moves
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1672 again. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1673
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1674 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1675 win32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1676 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1677 int insist;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1678 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1679 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1680 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1681 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1682 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1683 FRAME_PTR f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1685 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1686
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1687 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1688 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1689 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1690 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1691 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1692
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1693 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1694
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1695 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1696 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1697 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1698
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1699 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1700
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1701 GetCursorPos (&pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1702
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1703 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1704 containing the pointer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1705 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1706 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1707 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1708 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1709 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1710 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1711 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1712 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1713 /* Is win one of our frames? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1714 f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1715 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1716
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1717 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1718 if (! f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1719 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1720 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1721
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1722 if (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1723 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1724 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1725 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1726 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1727
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1728 if (f1 == 0 && insist)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1729 f1 = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1730
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1731 if (f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1732 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1733 int ignore1, ignore2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1734
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1735 ScreenToClient (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1736
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1737 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1738
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1739 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1740 &last_mouse_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1741 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1742 || insist);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1743
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1744 *bar_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1745 *part = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1746 *fp = f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1747 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1748 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1749 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1750 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1751 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1752 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1753
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1754 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1755 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1756
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1757 /* Scroll bar support. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1758
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1759 /* Given an window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1760 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1761 bits. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1762 struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1763 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1764 Window window_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1765 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1766 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1767
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1768 for (tail = Vframe_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1769 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1770 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1771 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1772 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1773
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1774 frame = XCONS (tail)->car;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1775 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1776 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1777 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1778
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1779 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1780 right window ID. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1781 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1782 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1783 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1784 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1785 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1786 condemned = Qnil,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1787 ! GC_NILP (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1788 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1789 if (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1790 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1791 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1792
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1793 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1794 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1795
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1796 HWND
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1797 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1798 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1799 struct scroll_bar * bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1800 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1801 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1802
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1803 PostThreadMessage (dwWinThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1804 (LPARAM) bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1805 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1806
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1807 return ((HWND) msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1808 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1809
|
15151
|
1810 //#define ATTACH_THREADS
|
|
1811
|
|
1812 void
|
|
1813 my_show_window (HWND hwnd, int how)
|
|
1814 {
|
|
1815 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
|
|
1816 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW, (WPARAM) how, 0);
|
|
1817 #else
|
|
1818 ShowWindow (hwnd , how);
|
|
1819 #endif
|
|
1820 }
|
|
1821
|
|
1822 void
|
|
1823 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter,
|
|
1824 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int flags)
|
|
1825 {
|
|
1826 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
|
|
1827 Win32WindowPos pos;
|
|
1828 pos.hwndAfter = hwndAfter;
|
|
1829 pos.x = x;
|
|
1830 pos.y = y;
|
|
1831 pos.cx = cx;
|
|
1832 pos.cy = cy;
|
|
1833 pos.flags = flags;
|
|
1834 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0);
|
|
1835 #else
|
|
1836 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags);
|
|
1837 #endif
|
|
1838 }
|
|
1839
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1840 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1841 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1842 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1843 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1844 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1845 SendMessage (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1846 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1847 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1848
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1849 /* Open a new window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1850 scroll bar vector for it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1851 static struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1852 x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1853 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1854 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1855 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1856 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1857 struct scroll_bar *bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1858 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1859 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1860
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1861 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1862
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1863 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1864 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1865 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1866 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1867 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1868 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1869 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1870 bar->dragging = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1871
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1872 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1873
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1874 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1875
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1876 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1877 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1878
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1879 SET_SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1880
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1881 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1882 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1883 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1884 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1885 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1886 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1887
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1888 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1889
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1890 return bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1891 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1892
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1893 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1894 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1895 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1896 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1897 events.)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1898
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1899 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1900 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1901 handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1902 bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1903 move to the very end of the buffer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1904 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1905 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1906 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1907 int start, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1908 int rebuild;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1909 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1910 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1911 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1912 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1913
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1914 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1915 if (! rebuild
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1916 && start == XINT (bar->start)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1917 && end == XINT (bar->end))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1918 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1919
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1920 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1921
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1922 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1923 XSETINT (bar->start, start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1924 XSETINT (bar->end, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1925
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
1926 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, start, TRUE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1927
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1928 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1929 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1930
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1931 /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1932 window configurations. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1933 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1934 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1935 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1936 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1937 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1938 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1939 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1940
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1941 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1942
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1943 MoveWindow (w, left, top, width, height, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1944 SetScrollRange (w, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
15151
|
1945 InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE);
|
15204
|
1946 my_show_window (w, SW_NORMAL);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1947
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1948 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1949 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1950 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1951 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1952
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1953 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1954 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1955
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1956 /* Destroy the window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1957 to nil. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1958 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1959 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1960 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1961 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1962 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1963
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1964 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1965
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1966 /* Destroy the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1967 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1968
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1969 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1970 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1971
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1972 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1973 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1974
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1975 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1976 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1977 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1978 create one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1979 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1980 win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1981 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1982 int portion, whole, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1983 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1984 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1985 int top = XINT (window->top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1986 int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1987 int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1988
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1989 /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1990 int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1991 int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1992 int pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1993 = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1994 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1995 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1996 int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1997
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1998 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1999
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2000 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2001 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2002 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2003 pixel_top, pixel_left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2004 pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2005 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2006 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2007 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2008 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2009 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2010 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2011
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2012 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2013 dragged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2014 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2015 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2016 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2017
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2018 if (whole == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2019 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2020 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2021 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2022 int start = (int) (((double) position * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2023 int end = (int) (((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2024
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2025 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2026 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2027 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2028
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2029 XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2030 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2031
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2032
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2033 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2034 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2035 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2036 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2037 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2038 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2039 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2040
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2041 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2042 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2043 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2044 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2045 win32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2046 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2047 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2048 /* The condemned list should be empty at this point; if it's not,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2049 then the rest of Emacs isn't using the condemn/redeem/judge
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2050 protocol correctly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2051 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2052 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2053
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2054 /* Move them all to the "condemned" list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2055 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2056 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2057 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2058
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2059 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2060 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2061 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2062 win32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2063 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2064 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2065 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2066
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2067 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2068 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2069 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2070
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2071 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2072
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2073 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2074 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2075 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2076
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2077 if (NILP (bar->prev))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2078 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2079 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2080 the lists. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2081 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2082 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2083 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2084 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2085 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2086 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2087 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2088 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2089 one or the other! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2090 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2091 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2092 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2093 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2094
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2095 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2096 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2097
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2098 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2099 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2100 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2101 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2102 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2103 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2104 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2105
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2106 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2107 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2108 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2109 win32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2110 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2111 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2112 Lisp_Object bar, next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2113
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2114 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2115
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2116 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2117 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2118 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2119
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2120 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2121 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2122 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2123
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2124 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2125
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2126 next = b->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2127 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2128 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2129
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2130 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2131 and they should get garbage-collected. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2132 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2133
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2134 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2135 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2136
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2137 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2138 mark bits. */
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2139
|
15151
|
2140 static int
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2141 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2142 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2143 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2144 struct input_event *emacs_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2145 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2146 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2147 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2148
|
15151
|
2149 emacs_event->kind = win32_scroll_bar_click;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2150 emacs_event->code = 0;
|
15151
|
2151 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
|
|
2152 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2153 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2154 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2155
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2156 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2157 int internal_height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2158 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2159 int top_range
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2160 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2161 int y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2162
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2163 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2164 {
|
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2165 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2166 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2167 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2168 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2169 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2170 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
15151
|
2171 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2172 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2173 case SB_LINEUP:
|
15151
|
2174 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2175 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2176 case SB_PAGEUP:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2177 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2178 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2179 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2180 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2181 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2182 case SB_TOP:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2183 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2184 y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2185 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2186 case SB_BOTTOM:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2187 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2188 y = top_range;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2189 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2190 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2191 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2192 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2193 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
|
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2194 default:
|
15289
|
2195 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE);
|
15151
|
2196 return FALSE;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2197 }
|
15151
|
2198
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2199 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2200 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
|
15151
|
2201
|
|
2202 return TRUE;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2203 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2204 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2205
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2206 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2207 on the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2208 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2209 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2210 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2211 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2212 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2213 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2214 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2215 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2216 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2217 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2218 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2219 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2220
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2221 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2222
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2223 *fp = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2224 *bar_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2225
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2226 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2227
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2228 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2229 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2230 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2231 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2232 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2233 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2234 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2235 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2236 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2237 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2238 pos++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2239 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2240 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2241 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2242 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2243 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2244
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2245 XSETINT(*x, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2246 XSETINT(*y, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2247
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2248 f->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2249 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2250
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2251 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2252
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2253 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2254 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2255
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2256 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2257 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2258 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2259 redraw them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2260
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2261 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2262 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2263 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2264 Lisp_Object bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2265
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2266 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2267 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
15151
|
2268 {
|
|
2269 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
|
|
2270 HDC hdc = GetDC (window);
|
|
2271 RECT rect;
|
|
2272
|
15204
|
2273 my_show_window (window, SW_HIDE);
|
15151
|
2274 GetClientRect (window, &rect);
|
|
2275 select_palette (f, hdc);
|
|
2276 win32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
|
|
2277 deselect_palette (f, hdc);
|
|
2278 }
|
|
2279 }
|
|
2280
|
|
2281 show_scroll_bars (f, how)
|
|
2282 FRAME_PTR f;
|
|
2283 int how;
|
|
2284 {
|
|
2285 Lisp_Object bar;
|
|
2286
|
|
2287 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
|
|
2288 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
|
2289 {
|
|
2290 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
|
|
2291 my_show_window (window, how);
|
|
2292 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2293 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2294
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2295
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2296 /* The main Win32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2297
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2298 /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2299 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2300 sometimes don't work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2301 static Time enter_timestamp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2302
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2303 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2304 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2305 int temp_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2306 short temp_buffer[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2307
|
14462
|
2308 extern int key_event (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *, struct input_event *);
|
|
2309
|
|
2310 /* Map a Win32 WM_CHAR message into a KEY_EVENT_RECORD so that
|
|
2311 we can use the same routines to handle input in both console
|
|
2312 and window modes. */
|
|
2313
|
|
2314 static void
|
|
2315 convert_to_key_event (Win32Msg *msgp, KEY_EVENT_RECORD *eventp)
|
|
2316 {
|
|
2317 eventp->bKeyDown = TRUE;
|
|
2318 eventp->wRepeatCount = 1;
|
|
2319 eventp->wVirtualKeyCode = msgp->msg.wParam;
|
|
2320 eventp->wVirtualScanCode = (msgp->msg.lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
|
|
2321 eventp->uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
|
|
2322 eventp->dwControlKeyState = msgp->dwModifiers;
|
|
2323 }
|
|
2324
|
|
2325 /* Return nonzero if the virtual key is a dead key. */
|
|
2326
|
|
2327 static int
|
|
2328 is_dead_key (int wparam)
|
|
2329 {
|
|
2330 unsigned int code = MapVirtualKey (wparam, 2);
|
|
2331
|
|
2332 /* Win95 returns 0x8000, NT returns 0x80000000. */
|
|
2333 if ((code & 0x8000) || (code & 0x80000000))
|
|
2334 return 1;
|
|
2335 else
|
|
2336 return 0;
|
|
2337 }
|
|
2338
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2339 /* Read events coming from the Win32 shell.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2340 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2341 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2342
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2343 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2344 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2345 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2346 thus pretending to be `read'.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2347
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2348 WAITP is nonzero if we should block until input arrives.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2349 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2350
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2351 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2352 system calls the winproc directly in a context where we cannot return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2353 data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2354 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2355 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2356 which message we are processing since the winproc gets called recursively with different
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2357 messages by the system.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2358 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2359
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2360 int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2361 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, waitp, expected)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2362 register int sd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2363 register struct input_event *bufp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2364 register int numchars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2365 int waitp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2366 int expected;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2367 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2368 int count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2369 int nbytes = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2370 int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2371 Win32Msg msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2372 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2373 int event_found = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2374 int prefix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2375 Lisp_Object part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2376 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2377
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2378 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2379 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2380 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2381 return -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2382 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2383
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2384 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2385 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2386
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2387 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2388 input_signal_count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2389
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2390 if (numchars <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2391 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2392
|
15151
|
2393 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2394 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2395 switch (msg.msg.message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2396 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2397 case WM_PAINT:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2398 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2399 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2400
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2401 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2402 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2403 if (f->async_visible == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2404 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2405 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2406 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2407 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2408 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2409 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2410 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2411 dumprectangle (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2412 msg.rect.left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2413 msg.rect.top,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2414 msg.rect.right-msg.rect.left+1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2415 msg.rect.bottom-msg.rect.top+1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2416 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2417 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2418 }
|
15151
|
2419 break;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2420 case WM_KEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2421 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2422 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2423
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2424 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2425 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2426 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2427 temp_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2428 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2429 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2430 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
|
15151
|
2431 bufp->modifiers = win32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (msg.dwModifiers);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2432 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2433 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2434 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2435 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2436 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2437 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2438 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2439 case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2440 case WM_CHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2441 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2442
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2443 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2444 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2445 if (numchars > 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2446 {
|
14462
|
2447 int add;
|
|
2448 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key, *keyp = &key;
|
|
2449
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2450 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2451 temp_index = 0;
|
14462
|
2452
|
|
2453 convert_to_key_event (&msg, keyp);
|
|
2454 add = key_event (keyp, bufp);
|
15035
|
2455 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
14462
|
2456 if (add == -1)
|
|
2457 {
|
|
2458 /* The key pressed generated two characters, most likely
|
|
2459 an accent character and a key that could not be
|
|
2460 combined with it. Prepend the message on the queue
|
|
2461 again to process the second character (which is
|
|
2462 being held internally in key_event), and process
|
|
2463 the first character now. */
|
|
2464 prepend_msg (&msg);
|
|
2465 add = 1;
|
|
2466 }
|
|
2467
|
15332
|
2468 /* Throw dead keys away. However, be sure not to
|
|
2469 throw away the dead key if it was produced using
|
|
2470 AltGr and there is a valid AltGr scan code for
|
|
2471 this key. */
|
|
2472 if (is_dead_key (msg.msg.wParam)
|
15651
|
2473 && !((VkKeyScan ((char) bufp->code) & 0xff00) == 0x600))
|
14462
|
2474 break;
|
|
2475
|
|
2476 bufp += add;
|
|
2477 numchars -= add;
|
|
2478 count += add;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2479 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2480 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2481 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2482 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2483 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2484 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2485 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2486 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2487 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2488 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2489 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2490 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2491 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2492
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2493 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2494 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2495 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2496 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2497
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2498 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2499 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2500 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2501 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2502 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2503 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2504 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2505 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2506 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2507 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2508
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2509 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2510 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2511 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2512 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2513 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2514
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2515 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2516 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2517 if ((!dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2518 && (numchars >= 1))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2519 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2520 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2521 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2522 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2523 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2524 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2525 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2526
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2527 parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2528
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2529 if (up)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2530 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2531 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2532 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2533 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2534 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2535 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2536 last_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2537 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2538 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2539
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2540 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2541 case WM_VSCROLL:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2542 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2543 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2544
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2545 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2546 {
|
15151
|
2547 if (x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp))
|
|
2548 {
|
|
2549 bufp++;
|
|
2550 count++;
|
|
2551 numchars--;
|
|
2552 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2553 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2554 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2555
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2556 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2557 case WM_MOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2558 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2559
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2560 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2561 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2562 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2563 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2564 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2565
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2566 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2567 case WM_SIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2568 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2569
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2570 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2571 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2572 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2573 int rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2574 int columns;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2575 int width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2576 int height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2577
|
14351
|
2578 GetClientRect(msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2579
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2580 height = rect.bottom - rect.top + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2581 width = rect.right - rect.left + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2582
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2583 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2584 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2585
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2586 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2587 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2588 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2589
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2590 if (columns != f->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2591 || rows != f->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2592 || width != f->output_data.win32->pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2593 || height != f->output_data.win32->pixel_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2594 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2595 /* I had set this to 0, 0 - I am not sure why?? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2596
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2597 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2598 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2599
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2600 f->output_data.win32->pixel_width = width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2601 f->output_data.win32->pixel_height = height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2602 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2603 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2604 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2605
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2606 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2607 case WM_SETFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2608 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2609 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2610
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2611 if (msg.msg.message == WM_SETFOCUS)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2612 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2613 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2614 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2615 else if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2616 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2617
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2618 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2619 case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
|
15242
|
2620 switch (msg.msg.wParam & 0xfff0) /* Lower 4 bits used by Windows. */
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2621 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2622 case SC_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2623 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2624
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2625 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2626 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2627 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2628 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2629
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2630 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2631 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2632 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2633 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2634 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2635 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2636
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2637 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2638 case SC_MINIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2639 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2640
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2641 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2642 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2643 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2644 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2645
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2646 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2647 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2648 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2649 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2650 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2651 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2652
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2653 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2654 case SC_MAXIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2655 case SC_RESTORE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2656 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2657
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2658 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2659 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2660 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2661 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2662
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2663 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2664 the frame's display structures. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2665 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2666
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2667 if (f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2668 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2669 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2670 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2671 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2672 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2673 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2674 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2675 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2676 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2677 to update the frame titles
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2678 in case this is the second frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2679 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2680 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2681
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2682 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2683 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2685 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2686 case WM_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2687 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2688
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2689 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2690 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2691 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2692 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2694 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2695 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2696 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2697 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2698 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2699 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2700
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2701 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2702 case WM_COMMAND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2703 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2704
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2705 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2706 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2707 if (msg.msg.lParam == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2708 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2709 /* Came from window menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2710
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2711 extern Lisp_Object get_frame_menubar_event ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2712 Lisp_Object event = get_frame_menubar_event (f, msg.msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2713 struct input_event buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2714 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2715
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2716 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2717 buf.kind = menu_bar_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2718
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2719 /* Store initial menu bar event */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2720
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2721 if (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2722 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2723 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Fcons (Qmenu_bar, Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2724 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2725 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2726
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2727 /* Enqueue the events */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2728
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2729 while (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2730 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2731 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, XCONS (event)->car);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2732 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2733 event = XCONS (event)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2734 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2735 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2736 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2737 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2738 /* Came from popup menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2739 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2740 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2741 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2742 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2743 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2744
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2745 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2746 raise it now. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2747 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2748 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2749 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2750 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2751 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2752 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2753
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2754 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2755 return count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2756 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2757
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2758 /* Drawing the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2759
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2760
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2761 /* Draw a hollow box cursor. Don't change the inside of the box. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2762
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2763 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2764 x_draw_box (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2765 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2766 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2767 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2768 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2769 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2770
|
15151
|
2771 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2772
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2773 hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2774
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2775 rect.left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2776 rect.top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y);
|
15151
|
2777 rect.right = rect.left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
|
2778 rect.bottom = rect.top + f->output_data.win32->line_height;
|
|
2779
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2780 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2781 DeleteObject (hb);
|
15151
|
2782
|
|
2783 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2784 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2785
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2786 /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2787 and mark the cursor as not shown.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2788 This is used when the text where the cursor is
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2789 is about to be rewritten. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2790
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2791 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2792 clear_cursor (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2793 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2794 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2795 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2796 || f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2797 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2798
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2799 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2800 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2801 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2802
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2803 /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2804 HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2805 glyph drawn. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2806
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2807 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2808 x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2809 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2810 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2811 GLYPH glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2812 int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2813 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2814 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2815 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2816 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2817 &glyph, 1, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2818 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2819
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2820 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2821 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2822 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2823 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2824 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2825 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2826
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2827 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2828 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2829 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2830 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2831 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2832
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2833 if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2834 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2835
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2836 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2837 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2838 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2839 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2840 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2841 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2842 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2843
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2844 /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2845 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2846 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2847 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2848 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2849 || f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2850 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2851 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2852 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2853 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2854 current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2855 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2856 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2857
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2858 /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2859 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2860 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2861 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2862 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2863 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2864 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2865 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2866 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2867 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2868 win32_fill_area (f, NULL, f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2869 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2870 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2871 max (f->output_data.win32->cursor_width, 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2872 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2873
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2874 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2875 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2876
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2877 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = bar_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2878 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2879 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2880
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2881
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2882 /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2883 If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2884 by F->cursor_x and F->cursor_y. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2885
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2886 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2887 x_display_box_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2888 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2889 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2890 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2891 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2892
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2893 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2894 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2895 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2896 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2897 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2898
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2899 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2900 if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2901 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2902
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2903 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2904 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2905 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2906 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2907 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2908 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2909 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2910
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2911 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2912 or it is in the wrong place,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2913 or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2914 erase it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2915 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2916 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2917 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2918 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2919 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2920 && (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame))))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2921 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2922 int mouse_face_here = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2923 struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2924
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2925 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2926 we clear the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2927 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2928 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2929 (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2930 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2931 && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2932 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2933 (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2934 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2935 && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2936 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2937 if it is at the end of a line (on a newline).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2938 The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2939 && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2940 mouse_face_here = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2941
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2942 /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2943 we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2944 if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font) != f->output_data.win32->line_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2945 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2946 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2947 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2948 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2949 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2950 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2951 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2952 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2953 (mouse_face_here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2954 ? 3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2955 : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2956 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2957 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2958
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2959 /* If we want to show a cursor,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2960 or we want a box cursor and it's not so,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2961 write it in the right place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2962 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2963 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2964 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2965 && f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2966 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2967 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2968 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2969 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2970 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2971 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2972 if (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2973 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2974 x_draw_box (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2975 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2976 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2977 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2978 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2979 x_draw_single_glyph (f, curs_y, curs_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2980 f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2981 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2982 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2983
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2984 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2985 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2986 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2987 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2988
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2989 x_display_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2990 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2991 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2992 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2993 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2994
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2995 if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2996 x_display_box_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2997 else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2998 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2999 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3000 /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3001 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3002
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3003 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3004 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3005
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3006 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3007
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3008 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3009 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3010 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3011 The return value shows which font we chose. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3012
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3013 Lisp_Object
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3014 x_new_font (f, fontname)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3015 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3016 register char *fontname;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3017 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3018 int already_loaded;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3019 int n_matching_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3020 XFontStruct *font_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3021 char new_font_name[101];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3022
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3023 /* Get a font which matches this name */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3024 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3025 LOGFONT lf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3026
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3027 if (!x_to_win32_font(fontname, &lf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3028 || !win32_to_x_font(&lf, new_font_name, 100))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3029 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3030 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3031 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3032 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3033
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3034 /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3035 already_loaded = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3036
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3037 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3038 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3039
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3040 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3041 if (!strcmp (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name, new_font_name))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3042 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3043 already_loaded = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3044 fontname = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3045 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3046 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3047 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3048
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3049 /* If we have, just return it from the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3050 if (already_loaded >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3051 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[already_loaded].font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3052 /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3053 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3054 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3055 XFontStruct *font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3056 int n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3057
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3058 font = win32_load_font(FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3059
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3060 if (! font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3061 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3062 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3063 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3064
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3065 /* Do we need to create the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3066 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3067 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3068 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size = 16;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3069 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3070 = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3071 * sizeof (struct font_info));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3072 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3073 /* Do we need to grow the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3074 else if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3075 >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3076 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3077 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size *= 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3078 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3079 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3080 (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3081 * sizeof (struct font_info)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3082 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3083
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3084 n_fonts = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3085 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3086 bcopy (fontname, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3087 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].font = font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3088 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3089 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3090
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3091 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3092 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3093 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3094 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3095 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3096 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3097 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3098 f->scroll_bar_cols = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3099
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3100 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3101 if (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3102 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3103 frame_update_line_height (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3104 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3105 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3106 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3107 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3108 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3109 f->output_data.win32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3110
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3111 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3112 Lisp_Object lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3113
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3114 lispy_name = build_string (fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3115
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3116 return lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3117 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3118 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3119
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3120 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3121 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3122 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3123 Window win, child;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3124 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3125 int flags = f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3126
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3127 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3128
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3129 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3130 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3131 if (f->output_data.win32->parent_desc != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3132 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3133 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3134 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3135 f->output_data.win32->parent_desc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3136 &pt, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3137 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3138 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3139
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3140 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3141 RECT rt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3142 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3143
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3144 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
14351
|
3145 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
|
3146 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3147 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3148
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3149 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3150 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3151 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3152
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3153 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3154 position that fits on the screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3155 if (flags & XNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3156 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3157 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3158 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3159 + f->output_data.win32->left_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3160
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3161 if (flags & YNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3162 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3163 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3164 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3165 + f->output_data.win32->top_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3166 /* The left_pos and top_pos
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3167 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3168 so the flags should correspond. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3169 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3170 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3171
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3172 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3173 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3174 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3175 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3176 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3177
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3178 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3179 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3180 register int xoff, yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3181 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3182 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3183 int modified_top, modified_left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3184
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3185 if (change_gravity > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3186 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3187 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3188 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = xoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3189 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3190 if (xoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3191 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3192 if (yoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3193 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3194 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3195 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3196 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3197
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3198 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3199 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3200
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3201 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3202 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3203 modified_left = f->output_data.win32->left_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3204 modified_top = f->output_data.win32->top_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3205 if (change_gravity != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3206 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3207 modified_left += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3208 modified_top += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3209 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3210
|
15151
|
3211 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
|
3212 NULL,
|
|
3213 modified_left, modified_top,
|
|
3214 0,0,
|
|
3215 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3216 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3217 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3218
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3219 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3220 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3221 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3222 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3223
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3224 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3225 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3226 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3227 int cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3228 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3229 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3230
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3231 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3232
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3233 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3234 f->output_data.win32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3235 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3236 ? 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3237 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3238 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3239 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3240 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3241 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3242
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3243 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3244 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3245
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3246 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3247 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3248
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3249 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3250 rect.right = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3251 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3252
|
14351
|
3253 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
|
3254 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3255
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3256 /* All windows have an extra pixel */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3257
|
15151
|
3258 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
|
3259 NULL,
|
|
3260 0, 0,
|
|
3261 rect.right - rect.left + 1,
|
|
3262 rect.bottom - rect.top + 1,
|
|
3263 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3264 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3265
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3266 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3267 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3268 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3269 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3270
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3271 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3272 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3273 might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3274 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3275 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3276 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3277 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3278 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3279
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3280 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3281 if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3282 || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3283 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3284 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3285 f->phys_cursor_y = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3286 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3287
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3288 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3289 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3290 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3291 we have to make sure to do it here. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3292 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3293
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3294 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3295 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3296
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3297 /* Mouse warping. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3298
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3299 void
|
15616
|
3300 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
|
|
3301 struct frame *f;
|
|
3302 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
|
3303 {
|
|
3304 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
|
3305
|
|
3306 pix_x += f->output_data.win32->left_pos;
|
|
3307 pix_y += f->output_data.win32->top_pos;
|
|
3308
|
|
3309 SetCursorPos (pix_x, pix_y);
|
|
3310
|
|
3311 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
|
3312 }
|
|
3313
|
|
3314 void
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3315 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3316 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3317 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3318 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3319 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3320
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3321 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3322 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.win32->line_height / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3323
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3324 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3325 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3326
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3327 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3328 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3329
|
15616
|
3330 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3331 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3332
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3333 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3334
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3335 x_focus_on_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3336 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3337 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3338 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3339
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3340 x_unfocus_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3341 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3342 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3343 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3344
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3345 /* Raise frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3346
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3347 x_raise_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3348 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3349 {
|
15151
|
3350 // if (f->async_visible)
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3351 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3352 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
15151
|
3353 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
|
3354 HWND_TOP,
|
|
3355 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
3356 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3357 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3358 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3359 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3360
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3361 /* Lower frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3362
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3363 x_lower_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3364 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3365 {
|
15151
|
3366 // if (f->async_visible)
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3367 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3368 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
15151
|
3369 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
|
3370 HWND_BOTTOM,
|
|
3371 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
3372 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3373 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3374 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3375 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3376
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3377 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3378 win32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3379 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3380 int raise;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3381 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3382 if (raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3383 x_raise_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3384 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3385 x_lower_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3386 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3387
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3388 /* Change of visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3389
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3390 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3391 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3392 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3393 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3394 but it will become visible later when the window manager
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3395 finishes with it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3396
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3397 x_make_frame_visible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3398 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3399 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3400 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3401
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3402 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3403 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3404 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3405 call x_set_offset a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3406 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3407 before the window gets really visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3408 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
|
15151
|
3409 && ! f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible)
|
|
3410 {
|
|
3411 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.win32->left_pos, f->output_data.win32->top_pos, 0);
|
|
3412 // SetForegroundWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
|
3413 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3414
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3415 f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible = 1;
|
15151
|
3416
|
|
3417 my_show_window (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3418 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3419
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3420 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3421 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3422 so that incoming events are handled. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3423 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3424 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3425 int count = input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3426
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3427 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3428 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3429
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3430 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3431
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3432 while (1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3433 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3434 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3435 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3436 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3437 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3438 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3439 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3440 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3441 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3442 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3443 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3444 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3445 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3446 if (input_polling_used ())
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3447 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3448 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3449 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3450 alarm (0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3451 input_poll_signal ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3452 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3453 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3454 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3455 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3456 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3457 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3458 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3459 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3460 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3461 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3462 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3463 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3464
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3465 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3466
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3467 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3468
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3469 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3470 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3471 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3472 Window window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3473
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3474 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3475 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3476 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3477
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3478 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3479
|
15151
|
3480 my_show_window (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3481
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3482 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3483 just by the event that we get from the server.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3484 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3485 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3486 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3487 f->visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3488 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3489 f->async_visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3490 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3491
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3492 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3493 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3494
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3495 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3496
|
15151
|
3497 void
|
|
3498 x_iconify_frame (f)
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3499 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3500 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3501 int result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3502
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3503 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3504 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3505 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3506
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3507 if (f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3508 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3509
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3510 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3511
|
15151
|
3512 my_show_window (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWMINIMIZED);
|
|
3513 /* The frame doesn't seem to be lowered automatically. */
|
|
3514 x_lower_frame (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3515
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3516 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3517
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3518 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3519 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3520
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3521 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3522
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3523 x_destroy_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3524 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3525 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3526 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3527
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3528 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3529
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3530 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3531 free_frame_menubar (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3532 free_frame_faces (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3533
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3534 xfree (f->output_data.win32);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3535 f->output_data.win32 = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3536 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3537 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3538 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3539 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3540 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3541 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3542
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3543 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3544
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3545 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3546 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3547 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3548 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3549 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3550 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3551 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3552 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3553
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3554 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3555 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3556
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3557 /* Setting window manager hints. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3558
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3559 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3560 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3561 that the window now has.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3562 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3563 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3564
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3565 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3566 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3567 long flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3568 int user_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3569 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3570 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3571
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3572 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3573
|
14351
|
3574 enter_crit ();
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3575
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3576 SetWindowLong (window, WND_X_UNITS_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3577 SetWindowLong (window, WND_Y_UNITS_INDEX, f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3578
|
14351
|
3579 leave_crit ();
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3580 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3581
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3582 /* Window manager things */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3583 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3584 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3585 int icon_x, icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3586 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3587 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3588 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3589
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3590 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3591 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3592 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3593
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3594 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3595 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3596 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3597
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3598
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3599 /* Initialization. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3600
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3601 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3602 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3603 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3604 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3605
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3606 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3607 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3608 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3609
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3610 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3611 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3612 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3613 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3614 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3615 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3616 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3617 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3618 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3619
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3620 static int win32_initialized = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3621
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3622 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3623 win32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3624 Lisp_Object display_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3625 char *xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3626 char *resource_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3627 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3628 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3629 char *defaultvalue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3630 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3631 HDC hdc;
|
14351
|
3632
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3633 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3634
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3635 if (!win32_initialized)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3636 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3637 win32_initialize ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3638 win32_initialized = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3639 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3640
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3641 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3642 int argc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3643 char *argv[3];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3644
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3645 argv[0] = "";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3646 argc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3647 if (xrm_option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3648 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3649 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3650 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3651 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3652 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3653
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3654 dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3655
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3656 /* Put this display on the chain. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3657 dpyinfo->next = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3658
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3659 /* Put it on win32_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3660 win32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3661 win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3662 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car;
|
14351
|
3663
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3664 dpyinfo->win32_id_name
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3665 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3666 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3667 + 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3668 sprintf (dpyinfo->win32_id_name, "%s@%s",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3669 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3670
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3671 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3672 xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3673 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3674
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3675 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3676 all versions. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3677 dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3678 #endif
|
15151
|
3679 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3680
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3681 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3682 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3683 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3684 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3685 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3686 dpyinfo->height_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3687 dpyinfo->width_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
|
15151
|
3688 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3689 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3690 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3691 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3692 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3693 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3694 dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3695 dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3696 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3697 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3698 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3699 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3700 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3701 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3702 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3703 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3704 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3705 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3706 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3707
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3708 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3709
|
15151
|
3710 /* Determine if there is a middle mouse button, to allow parse_button
|
|
3711 to decide whether right mouse events should be mouse-2 or
|
|
3712 mouse-3. */
|
|
3713 XSETINT (Vwin32_num_mouse_buttons, GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS));
|
|
3714
|
|
3715 /* initialise palette with white and black */
|
|
3716 {
|
|
3717 COLORREF color;
|
|
3718 defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
|
|
3719 defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
|
|
3720 }
|
|
3721
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3722 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3723 #ifdef F_SETOWN
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3724 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3725 /* stdin is a socket here */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3726 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3727 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3728 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3729 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3730 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3731 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3732
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3733 #ifdef SIGIO
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3734 if (interrupt_input)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3735 init_sigio (connection);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3736 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3737
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3738 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3739
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3740 return dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3741 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3742
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3743 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3744
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3745 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3746 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3747 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3748 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3749 /* Discard this display from win32_display_name_list and win32_display_list.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3750 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3751 if (! NILP (win32_display_name_list)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3752 && EQ (XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car, dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3753 win32_display_name_list = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3754 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3755 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3756 Lisp_Object tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3757
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3758 tail = win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3759 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCONS (tail)->cdr))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3760 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3761 if (EQ (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->car,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3762 dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3763 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3764 XCONS (tail)->cdr = XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3765 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3766 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3767 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3768 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3769 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3770
|
15151
|
3771 /* free palette table */
|
|
3772 {
|
|
3773 struct win32_palette_entry * plist;
|
|
3774
|
|
3775 plist = dpyinfo->color_list;
|
|
3776 while (plist)
|
|
3777 {
|
|
3778 struct win32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
|
|
3779 plist = plist->next;
|
|
3780 xfree(pentry);
|
|
3781 }
|
|
3782 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL;
|
|
3783 if (dpyinfo->palette)
|
|
3784 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette);
|
|
3785 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3786 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3787 xfree (dpyinfo->win32_id_name);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3788 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3789
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3790 /* Set up use of Win32. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3791
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3792 DWORD win_msg_worker ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3793
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3794 win32_initialize ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3795 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3796 clear_frame_hook = win32_clear_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3797 clear_end_of_line_hook = win32_clear_end_of_line;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3798 ins_del_lines_hook = win32_ins_del_lines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3799 change_line_highlight_hook = win32_change_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3800 insert_glyphs_hook = win32_insert_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3801 write_glyphs_hook = win32_write_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3802 delete_glyphs_hook = win32_delete_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3803 ring_bell_hook = win32_ring_bell;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3804 reset_terminal_modes_hook = win32_reset_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3805 set_terminal_modes_hook = win32_set_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3806 update_begin_hook = win32_update_begin;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3807 update_end_hook = win32_update_end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3808 set_terminal_window_hook = win32_set_terminal_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3809 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3810 frame_up_to_date_hook = win32_frame_up_to_date;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3811 cursor_to_hook = win32_cursor_to;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3812 reassert_line_highlight_hook = win32_reassert_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3813 mouse_position_hook = win32_mouse_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3814 frame_rehighlight_hook = win32_frame_rehighlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3815 frame_raise_lower_hook = win32_frame_raise_lower;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3816 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3817 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = win32_condemn_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3818 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = win32_redeem_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3819 judge_scroll_bars_hook = win32_judge_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3820
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3821 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3822 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3823 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3824 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3825 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3826 off the bottom */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3827 baud_rate = 19200;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3828
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3829 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3830 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3831
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3832 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3833
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3834 init_crit ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3835
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3836 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3837 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3838 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3839
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3840 /* Wait for thread to start */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3841
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3842 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3843 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3844
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3845 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3846
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3847 hWinThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3848 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) win_msg_worker,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3849 0, 0, &dwWinThreadId);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3850
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3851 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3852 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3853
|
15151
|
3854 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
|
|
3855 focus window and active window as winThread. Unfortunately, the
|
|
3856 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
|
|
3857 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
|
|
3858 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
|
|
3859 instead we need to send messages to winThread to make some API
|
|
3860 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
|
|
3861 window state. */
|
|
3862 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
|
15035
|
3863 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWinThreadId, TRUE);
|
15151
|
3864 #endif
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3865 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3866
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3867 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3868 syms_of_win32term ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3869 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3870 staticpro (&win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3871 win32_display_name_list = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3872
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3873 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3874 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3875
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3876 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3877 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
|
15151
|
3878
|
|
3879 DEFVAR_INT ("win32-num-mouse-buttons",
|
|
3880 &Vwin32_num_mouse_buttons,
|
|
3881 "Number of physical mouse buttons.");
|
|
3882 Vwin32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
|
|
3883
|
|
3884 DEFVAR_LISP ("win32-swap-mouse-buttons",
|
|
3885 &Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons,
|
|
3886 "Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.\n\
|
|
3887 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3.");
|
|
3888 Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3889 }
|